SemaDecl.cpp revision dfc2f1035d23e294b298766a3cf51dfe249d53a2
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 561 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 562 return false; 563 564 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 565 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 566 return false; 567 568 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 569 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 570 return false; 571 } else { 572 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 573 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 574 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 579 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 580 return false; 581 582 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 583 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 584 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 585 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 586 return false; 587 588 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 589 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 590 return false; 591 592 } else { 593 return false; 594 } 595 596 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 597 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 598 return false; 599 600 return true; 601} 602 603void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 604 if (!D) 605 return; 606 607 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 608 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 609 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 610 return; // First should already be in the vector. 611 } 612 613 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 614 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 615 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 616 return; // First should already be in the vector. 617 } 618 619 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 620 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 621 } 622 623static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 624 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 625 return false; 626 627 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 628 return false; 629 630 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 631 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 632 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 633 return false; 634 635 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 636 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 637 638 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 639 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 640 641 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 642 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 643 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 644 return false; 645 } 646 647 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 648 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 649 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 650 return false; 651 652 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 653 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 654 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 655 return false; 656 657 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 658 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 659 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 660 // has no side effects. 661 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 662 return false; 663 } 664 } 665 666 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 667 } 668 669 return true; 670} 671 672void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 673 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 674 return; 675 676 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 677 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 678 << D->getDeclName(); 679 else 680 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 681 << D->getDeclName(); 682} 683 684void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 685 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 686 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 687 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 688 689 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 690 I != E; ++I) { 691 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 692 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 693 694 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 695 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 696 697 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 698 699 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 700 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 701 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 702 703 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 704 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 705 } 706} 707 708/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 709/// 710/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 711/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 712/// to the fixed name. 713/// 714/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 715/// 716/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 717/// if there is no class with the given name. 718/// 719/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 720/// class could not be found. 721ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 722 SourceLocation IdLoc, 723 bool TypoCorrection) { 724 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 725 // creation from this context. 726 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 727 728 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 729 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 730 // find an Objective-C class name. 731 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 732 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 733 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 734 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 735 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 737 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 738 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 739 740 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 741 } 742 } 743 744 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 745} 746 747/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 748/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 749/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 750/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 751/// ill-formed in C++: 752/// @code 753/// struct S6 { 754/// enum { BAR } e; 755/// }; 756/// 757/// void test_S6() { 758/// struct S6 a; 759/// a.e = BAR; 760/// } 761/// @endcode 762/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 763/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 764/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 765/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 766/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 767/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 768/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 769/// contain non-field names. 770Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 771 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 772 (S->getEntity() && 773 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 774 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 775 S = S->getParent(); 776 return S; 777} 778 779/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 780/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 781/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 782/// built-in. 783NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 784 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 785 SourceLocation Loc) { 786 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 787 788 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 789 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 790 switch (Error) { 791 case ASTContext::GE_None: 792 // Okay 793 break; 794 795 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 796 if (ForRedeclaration) 797 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 798 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 799 return 0; 800 801 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 802 if (ForRedeclaration) 803 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 804 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 805 return 0; 806 } 807 808 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 809 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 810 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 811 << R; 812 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 813 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 814 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 815 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 817 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 818 } 819 820 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 821 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 822 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 823 SC_Extern, 824 SC_None, false, 825 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 826 New->setImplicit(); 827 828 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 829 // FunctionDecl. 830 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 831 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 832 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 833 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 834 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 835 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 836 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 837 } 838 839 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 840 841 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 842 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 843 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 844 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 845 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 846 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 847 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 848 CurContext = SavedContext; 849 return New; 850} 851 852/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 853/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 854/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 855/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 856/// 857void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 858 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 859 // merging checks. 860 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 861 862 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 863 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 864 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 865 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 866 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 867 default: break; 868 case 2: 869 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 870 break; 871 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 872 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 873 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 874 return; 875 case 5: 876 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 877 break; 878 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 879 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 880 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 881 return; 882 case 3: 883 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 884 break; 885 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 886 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 887 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 888 return; 889 case 8: 890 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 891 break; 892 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 893 return; 894 } 895 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 896 } 897 898 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 899 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 900 if (!Old) { 901 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 902 << New->getDeclName(); 903 904 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 905 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 906 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 907 908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 909 } 910 911 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 912 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 913 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 914 915 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 916 QualType OldType; 917 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 918 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 919 else 920 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 921 922 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 923 // with any extensions enabled. 924 925 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 926 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 927 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 929 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 930 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 931 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 932 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 933 } 934 935 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 936 // declaration was a typedef. 937 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 938 // spellings don't match exactly. 939 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 940 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 941 942 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 943 return; 944 945 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 946 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 947 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 948 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 949 // to the type to which it already refers. 950 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 951 return; 952 953 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 954 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 955 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 956 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 957 // 958 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 959 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 960 // 961 // struct S { 962 // typedef struct A { } A; 963 // }; 964 // 965 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 966 // allow the above but disallow 967 // 968 // struct S { 969 // typedef int I; 970 // typedef int I; 971 // }; 972 // 973 // since that was the intent of DR56. 974 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 975 return; 976 977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 978 << New->getDeclName(); 979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 981 } 982 983 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 984 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 985 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 986 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 987 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 988 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 989 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 990 return; 991 992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 993 << New->getDeclName(); 994 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 995 return; 996} 997 998/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 999/// attribute. 1000static bool 1001DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1002 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1003 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1004 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1005 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1006 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1007 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1008 return true; 1009 } 1010 1011 return false; 1012} 1013 1014/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1015static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1016 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1017 return; 1018 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1019 // we process them. 1020 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1021 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1022 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1023 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1024 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1025 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1026 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1027 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1028 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1029 } 1030 } 1031} 1032 1033namespace { 1034 1035/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1036/// C. 1037struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1038 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1039 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1040 QualType PromotedType; 1041}; 1042 1043} 1044 1045/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1046Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1047 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1048 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1049 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1050 1051 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1052 } 1053 1054 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1055 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1056 1057 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1058 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1059 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1060} 1061 1062/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1063/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1064/// GNU89 mode. 1065static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1066 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1067 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1068 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1069 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1070} 1071 1072/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1073/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1074/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1075/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1076/// 1077/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1078/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1079/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1080/// merged with. 1081/// 1082/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1083bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1084 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1085 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1086 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1087 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1088 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1089 else 1090 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1091 if (!Old) { 1092 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1094 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1095 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1096 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1097 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1098 return true; 1099 } 1100 1101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1102 << New->getDeclName(); 1103 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1104 return true; 1105 } 1106 1107 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1108 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1109 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1110 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1111 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1112 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1113 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1114 else 1115 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1116 1117 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1118 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1119 1120 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1121 // is an extern inline function. 1122 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1123 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1124 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1125 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1127 << New; 1128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1129 return true; 1130 } 1131 1132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1134 // calling convention of the first. 1135 // 1136 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1137 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1138 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1139 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1140 // because it is the default calling convention. 1141 // 1142 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1143 // other tests to run. 1144 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1145 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1146 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1147 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1148 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1149 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1150 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1151 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1152 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1153 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1154 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1155 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1156 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1157 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1159 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1160 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1161 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1162 return true; 1163 } 1164 1165 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1166 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1167 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1168 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1173 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1182 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1183 } 1184 1185 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1186 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1187 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1189 } 1190 1191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1192 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1193 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1194 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1195 // cannot be overloaded. 1196 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1197 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1198 QualType ResQT; 1199 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1200 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1201 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1202 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1203 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1206 return true; 1207 } 1208 else 1209 NewQType = ResQT; 1210 } 1211 1212 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1213 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1214 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1215 // Preserve triviality. 1216 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1217 1218 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1219 1220 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1221 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1222 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1223 // is a static member function declaration. 1224 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1226 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1227 return true; 1228 } 1229 1230 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1231 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1232 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1233 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1234 unsigned NewDiag; 1235 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1236 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1237 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1238 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1239 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1240 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1241 else 1242 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1243 1244 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1245 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1246 1247 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1248 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1249 // 1250 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1251 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1252 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1253 if (isFriend) { 1254 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1255 } else { 1256 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1257 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1258 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1259 return true; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1265 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1266 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1267 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1268 1269 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1270 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1271 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1272 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1273 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1274 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1275 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1276 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1277 } 1278 1279 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1280 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1281 1282 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1283 } 1284 1285 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1286 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1287 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1288 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1289 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1290 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1291 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1292 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1293 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1294 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1295 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1296 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1297 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1298 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1299 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1300 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1301 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1302 New->setType(NewQType); 1303 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1304 1305 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1306 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1307 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1308 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1309 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1310 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1311 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1312 SourceLocation(), 0, 1313 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1314 SC_None, SC_None, 1315 0); 1316 Param->setImplicit(); 1317 Params.push_back(Param); 1318 } 1319 1320 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1321 } 1322 1323 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1324 } 1325 1326 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1327 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1328 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1329 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1330 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1331 // the prototype. 1332 // 1333 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1334 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1335 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1336 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1337 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1338 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1339 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1340 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1341 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1342 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1343 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1344 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1345 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1346 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1347 1348 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1349 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1350 NewProto->getResultType()); 1351 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1352 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1353 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1354 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1355 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1356 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1357 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1358 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1359 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1360 NewParm->getType(), 1361 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1362 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1363 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1364 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1365 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1366 } else 1367 LooseCompatible = false; 1368 } 1369 1370 if (LooseCompatible) { 1371 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1372 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1373 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1374 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1375 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1376 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1377 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1378 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1379 } 1380 1381 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1382 ArgTypes.size(), 1383 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1384 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1385 } 1386 1387 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1388 } 1389 1390 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1391 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1392 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1393 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1394 // signature. 1395 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1396 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1397 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1398 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1399 // library built-in. 1400 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1401 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1402 << Old << Old->getType(); 1403 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1404 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1405 return false; 1406 } 1407 1408 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1409 } 1410 1411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1413 return true; 1414} 1415 1416/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1417/// known to be compatible. 1418/// 1419/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1420/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1421/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1422/// redeclaration of Old. 1423/// 1424/// \returns false 1425bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1426 // Merge the attributes 1427 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1428 1429 // Merge the storage class. 1430 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1431 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1432 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1433 1434 // Merge "pure" flag. 1435 if (Old->isPure()) 1436 New->setPure(); 1437 1438 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1439 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1440 New->setDeleted(); 1441 1442 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1443 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1444 1445 return false; 1446} 1447 1448/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1449/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1450/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1451/// 1452/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1453/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1454/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1455/// 1456void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1457 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1458 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1459 return; 1460 1461 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1462 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1463 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1464 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1466 << New->getDeclName(); 1467 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1468 diag::note_previous_definition); 1469 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1470 } 1471 1472 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1473 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1474 // 1475 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1476 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1478 << New->getIdentifier(); 1479 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1481 } 1482 1483 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1484 1485 // Merge the types 1486 QualType MergedT; 1487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1488 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1489 MergedT = New->getType(); 1490 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1491 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1492 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1493 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1494 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1495 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = New->getType(); 1503 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1504 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1505 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1506 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1507 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1508 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1509 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1510 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1511 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1512 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1513 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1514 } 1515 } else { 1516 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1517 } 1518 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1520 << New->getDeclName(); 1521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1522 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1523 } 1524 New->setType(MergedT); 1525 1526 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1527 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1528 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1530 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1531 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1532 } 1533 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1534 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1535 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1536 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1537 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1538 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1539 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1540 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1541 // identifier has external linkage. 1542 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1543 /* Okay */; 1544 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1545 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1549 } 1550 1551 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1552 1553 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1554 // need to check for mismatches. 1555 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1556 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1557 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1558 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1561 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1562 } 1563 1564 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1566 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1570 } 1571 1572 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1573 const VarDecl *Def; 1574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1575 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1576 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1578 << New->getDeclName(); 1579 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1581 return; 1582 } 1583 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1584 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1585 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1586 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1587 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1588 // specified at the prior declaration. 1589 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1590 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1591 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1592 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1593 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1594 1595 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1596 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1597 1598 // Inherit access appropriately. 1599 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1600} 1601 1602/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1603/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1604Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1605 DeclSpec &DS) { 1606 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1607 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1608 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1609 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1610 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1611 Decl *TagD = 0; 1612 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1613 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1614 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1615 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1616 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1617 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1618 1619 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1620 return 0; 1621 1622 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1623 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1624 // it's a Type. 1625 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1626 } 1627 1628 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1629 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1630 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1631 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1632 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1633 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1634 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1638 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1639 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1640 if (TagD && !Tag) 1641 return 0; 1642 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1643 } 1644 1645 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1646 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1647 1648 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1649 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1651 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1652 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1653 1654 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1655 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1656 } 1657 } 1658 1659 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1660 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1661 CurContext->isRecord() && 1662 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1663 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1664 // struct STRUCT; 1665 // and 1666 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1667 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1668 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1669 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1670 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1671 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1672 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1673 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 1677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1678 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1679 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1680 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1681 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1682 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1684 1685 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1686 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1687 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1688 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1689 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1690 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1691 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1692 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1693 return Tag; 1694 } 1695 1696 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1697 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1698 } 1699 1700 return TagD; 1701} 1702 1703/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1704/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1705StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1706 StmtResult R; 1707 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1708 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1709 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1710 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1711 do 1712 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1713 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1714 } 1715 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1716 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1717 } 1718 } 1719 return R; 1720} 1721 1722/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1723/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1724/// 1725/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1726static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1727 Scope *S, 1728 DeclContext *Owner, 1729 DeclarationName Name, 1730 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1731 unsigned diagnostic) { 1732 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1733 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1734 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1735 1736 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1737 return false; 1738 1739 // Pick a representative declaration. 1740 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1741 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1742 1743 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1744 return false; 1745 1746 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1747 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1748 1749 return true; 1750} 1751 1752/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1753/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1754/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1755/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1756/// struct, e.g., 1757/// 1758/// @code 1759/// union { 1760/// int i; 1761/// float f; 1762/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1763/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1764/// @endcode 1765/// 1766/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1767/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1768static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1769 DeclContext *Owner, 1770 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1771 AccessSpecifier AS, 1772 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1773 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1774 unsigned diagKind 1775 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1776 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1777 1778 bool Invalid = false; 1779 1780 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1781 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1782 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1783 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1784 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1785 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1786 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1787 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1788 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1789 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1790 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1791 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1792 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1793 Invalid = true; 1794 } else { 1795 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1796 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1797 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1798 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1799 // anonymous union is declared. 1800 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1801 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1802 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1803 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1804 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1805 else 1806 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1807 1808 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1809 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1810 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1811 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1812 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1813 1814 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1815 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1816 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1817 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1818 1819 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1820 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1821 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1822 1823 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1824 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1825 1826 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1827 } 1828 } 1829 } 1830 1831 return Invalid; 1832} 1833 1834/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1835/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1836/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1837static StorageClass 1838StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1839 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1841 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1842 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1843 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1844 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1845 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1846 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1847 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1848 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1849 } 1850 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1851} 1852 1853/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1854/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1855/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1856static StorageClass 1857StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1858 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1860 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1861 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1862 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1863 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1864 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1865 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1866 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1867 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1868 } 1869 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1870} 1871 1872/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1873/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1874/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1875/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1876Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1877 AccessSpecifier AS, 1878 RecordDecl *Record) { 1879 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1880 1881 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1882 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1883 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1884 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1885 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1886 1887 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1888 // structs/unions. 1889 bool Invalid = false; 1890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1891 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1892 unsigned DiagID; 1893 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1894 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1895 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1896 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1897 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1898 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1899 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1900 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1901 Invalid = true; 1902 1903 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1904 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1905 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1906 } 1907 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1908 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1909 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1910 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1911 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1912 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1913 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1914 Invalid = true; 1915 1916 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1917 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1918 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1919 } 1920 1921 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1922 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1923 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1924 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1925 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1926 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1927 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1928 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1929 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1930 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1931 // members (clause 11). 1932 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1933 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1935 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1936 Invalid = true; 1937 } 1938 1939 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1940 Invalid = true; 1941 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1942 // Any implicit members are fine. 1943 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1944 // This is a type that showed up in an 1945 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1946 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1947 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1948 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1949 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1950 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1951 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1952 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1953 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1954 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1955 else { 1956 // This is a nested type declaration. 1957 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1958 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1959 Invalid = true; 1960 } 1961 } 1962 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1963 // Any access specifier is fine. 1964 } else { 1965 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1966 // member. Complain about it. 1967 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1968 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1969 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1970 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1971 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1972 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1973 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1974 1975 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1976 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1977 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1978 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1979 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1980 else { 1981 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1982 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1983 Invalid = true; 1984 } 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1990 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1991 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1992 Invalid = true; 1993 } 1994 1995 // Mock up a declarator. 1996 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1998 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1999 2000 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2001 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2002 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2003 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 2004 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2005 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2006 TInfo, 2007 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2008 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2009 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2010 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2011 } else { 2012 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2013 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2014 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2015 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2016 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2017 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2018 // an error here 2019 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2020 Invalid = true; 2021 SC = SC_None; 2022 } 2023 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2024 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2025 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2026 2027 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2028 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2029 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2030 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2031 } 2032 Anon->setImplicit(); 2033 2034 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2035 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2036 // its members. 2037 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2038 2039 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2040 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2041 // purposes. 2042 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2043 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2044 2045 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2046 Chain, false)) 2047 Invalid = true; 2048 2049 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2050 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2051 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2052 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2053 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2054 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2055 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2056 2057 if (Invalid) 2058 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2059 2060 return Anon; 2061} 2062 2063/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2064/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2065/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2066/// Example: 2067/// 2068/// struct A { int a; }; 2069/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2070/// 2071/// void foo() { 2072/// B var; 2073/// var.a = 3; 2074/// } 2075/// 2076Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2077 RecordDecl *Record) { 2078 2079 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2080 if (!Record) 2081 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2082 2083 // Mock up a declarator. 2084 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2086 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2087 2088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2089 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2090 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2091 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2092 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2093 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2094 TInfo, 2095 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2096 Anon->setImplicit(); 2097 2098 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2099 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2100 2101 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2102 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2103 // purposes. 2104 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2105 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2106 2107 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2108 Record->getDefinition(), 2109 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2110 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2111 2112 return Anon; 2113} 2114 2115/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2116/// given Declarator. 2117DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2119} 2120 2121/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2122DeclarationNameInfo 2123Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2125 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2126 2127 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2128 2129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2130 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2131 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2132 return NameInfo; 2133 2134 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2135 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2136 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2137 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2138 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2139 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2140 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2141 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2142 return NameInfo; 2143 2144 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2145 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2146 Name.Identifier)); 2147 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2148 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2149 return NameInfo; 2150 2151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2153 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2154 if (Ty.isNull()) 2155 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2156 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2157 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2158 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2159 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2160 return NameInfo; 2161 } 2162 2163 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2165 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2166 if (Ty.isNull()) 2167 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2168 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2169 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2170 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2171 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2172 return NameInfo; 2173 } 2174 2175 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2176 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2177 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2178 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2179 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2180 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2181 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2182 2183 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2184 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2185 2186 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2187 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2188 // was qualified. 2189 2190 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2191 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2192 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2193 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2194 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2195 return NameInfo; 2196 } 2197 2198 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2199 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2200 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2201 if (Ty.isNull()) 2202 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2203 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2204 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2205 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2206 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2207 return NameInfo; 2208 } 2209 2210 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2211 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2212 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2213 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2214 } 2215 2216 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2217 2218 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2219 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2220} 2221 2222/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2223/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2224/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2225/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2226/// the class or namespace. 2227static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2228 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2229 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2230 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2231 return false; 2232 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2233 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2234 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2235 2236 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2237 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2238 return false; 2239 } 2240 2241 return true; 2242} 2243 2244/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2245/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2246/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2247/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2248/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2249static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2250 DeclarationName Name) { 2251 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2252 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2253 // - types which will become injected class names 2254 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2255 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2256 // few cases here. 2257 2258 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2259 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2260 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2261 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2262 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2263 // Grab the type from the parser. 2264 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2265 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2266 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2267 2268 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2269 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2270 // attached already. 2271 if (!TSI) 2272 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2273 2274 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2275 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2276 if (!TSI) return true; 2277 2278 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2279 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2280 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2285 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2286 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2287 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2288 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2289 break; 2290 } 2291 2292 default: 2293 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2294 break; 2295 } 2296 2297 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2298 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2299 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2300 2301 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2302 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2303 // pointer. 2304 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2305 continue; 2306 2307 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2308 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2309 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 return false; 2314} 2315 2316Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2317 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2318} 2319 2320Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2322 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2323 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2324 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2325 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2326 2327 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2328 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2329 if (!Name) { 2330 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2332 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2333 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2334 return 0; 2335 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2336 return 0; 2337 2338 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2339 // we find one that is. 2340 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2341 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2342 S = S->getParent(); 2343 2344 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2345 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2346 D.setInvalidType(); 2347 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2349 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2350 return 0; 2351 2352 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2353 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2354 if (!DC) { 2355 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2356 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2357 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2358 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2360 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2361 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2362 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2363 return 0; 2364 } 2365 2366 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2367 2368 if (!IsDependentContext && 2369 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2370 return 0; 2371 2372 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2373 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2375 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2376 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2377 D.setInvalidType(); 2378 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2379 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2380 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2381 // definition: 2382 // 2383 // class X { 2384 // void X::f(); 2385 // }; 2386 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2388 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2389 else 2390 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2391 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2392 2393 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2394 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2395 } 2396 } 2397 2398 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2399 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2400 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2401 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2402 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2403 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2404 D.setInvalidType(); 2405 } 2406 } 2407 2408 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2409 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2410 // name different from T: 2411 // - every static data member of class T; 2412 // - every member function of class T 2413 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2414 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2415 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2417 << Name; 2418 2419 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2420 // Just return early; it's safer. 2421 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2422 return 0; 2423 } 2424 2425 NamedDecl *New; 2426 2427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2428 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2429 2430 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2431 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2432 D.setInvalidType(); 2433 2434 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2435 ForRedeclaration); 2436 2437 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2438 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2439 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2440 2441 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2442 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2443 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2444 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2445 /* Do nothing*/; 2446 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2447 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2448 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2449 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2450 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2451 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2452 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2454 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2455 2456 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2457 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2458 2459 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2460 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2461 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2462 2463 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2464 // out-of-line members. 2465 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2466 2467 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2468 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2469 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2470 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2471 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2472 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2473 // declarations namespace. 2474 // 2475 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2476 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2477 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2478 // 2479 // class X { 2480 // void f(); 2481 // void f(float); 2482 // }; 2483 // 2484 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2485 // 2486 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2487 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2488 // matches. 2489 2490 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2491 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2492 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2493 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2494 } else { 2495 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2496 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2497 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2498 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2499 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2500 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2501 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2502 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2503 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2504 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2505 else 2506 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2507 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2508 D.setInvalidType(); 2509 } 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2514 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2516 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2517 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2518 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2519 D.setInvalidType(); 2520 2521 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2522 Previous.clear(); 2523 } 2524 2525 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2526 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2527 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2528 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2529 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2530 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2531 Previous.clear(); 2532 2533 bool Redeclaration = false; 2534 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2535 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2537 return 0; 2538 } 2539 2540 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2541 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2542 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2543 move(TemplateParamLists), 2544 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2545 } else { 2546 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2547 move(TemplateParamLists), 2548 Redeclaration); 2549 } 2550 2551 if (New == 0) 2552 return 0; 2553 2554 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2555 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2556 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2557 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2558 2559 return New; 2560} 2561 2562/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2563/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2564/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2565static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2566 ASTContext &Context, 2567 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2568 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2569 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2570 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2571 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2572 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2573 SizeIsNegative = false; 2574 Oversized = 0; 2575 2576 if (T->isDependentType()) 2577 return QualType(); 2578 2579 QualifierCollector Qs; 2580 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2581 2582 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2583 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2584 QualType FixedType = 2585 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2586 Oversized); 2587 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2588 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2589 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2590 } 2591 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2592 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2593 QualType FixedType = 2594 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2595 Oversized); 2596 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2597 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2598 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2599 } 2600 2601 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2602 if (!VLATy) 2603 return QualType(); 2604 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2605 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2606 return QualType(); 2607 2608 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2609 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2610 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2611 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2612 return QualType(); 2613 2614 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2615 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2616 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2617 SizeIsNegative = true; 2618 return QualType(); 2619 } 2620 2621 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2622 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2623 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2624 Res); 2625 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2626 Oversized = Res; 2627 return QualType(); 2628 } 2629 2630 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2631 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2632} 2633 2634/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2635/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2636void 2637Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2638 const LookupResult &Previous, 2639 Scope *S) { 2640 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2641 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2642 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2643 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2644 2645 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2646 return; 2647 2648 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2649 2650 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2651 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2652 // declaration. 2653 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2654 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2655 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2656 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2657 S = S->getParent(); 2658 2659 if (S) 2660 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2661 } 2662} 2663 2664/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2665/// does not identify a function. 2666void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2667 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2668 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2671 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2672 2673 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2675 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2676 2677 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2679 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2680} 2681 2682NamedDecl* 2683Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2684 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2685 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2686 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2687 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2688 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2689 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2690 D.setInvalidType(); 2691 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2692 DC = CurContext; 2693 Previous.clear(); 2694 } 2695 2696 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2697 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2699 } 2700 2701 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2702 2703 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2705 2706 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2707 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2708 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2709 return 0; 2710 } 2711 2712 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2713 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2714 2715 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2716 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2717 2718 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2719 // then it shall have block scope. 2720 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2721 // that redeclarations will match. 2722 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2723 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2724 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2725 2726 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2727 bool SizeIsNegative; 2728 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2729 QualType FixedTy = 2730 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2731 Oversized); 2732 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2734 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2735 } else { 2736 if (SizeIsNegative) 2737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2738 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2740 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2742 << Oversized.toString(10); 2743 else 2744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2745 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2746 } 2747 } 2748 } 2749 2750 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2751 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2752 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2753 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2754 Redeclaration = true; 2755 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2756 } 2757 2758 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2759 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2760 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2761 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2762 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2763 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2764 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2765 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2766 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2767 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2768 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2769 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2770 } 2771 2772 return NewTD; 2773} 2774 2775/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2776/// previous declaration. 2777/// 2778/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2779/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2780/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2781/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2782/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2783/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2784/// 2785/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2786/// lookup 2787/// 2788/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2789/// declared. 2790/// 2791/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2792/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2793static bool 2794isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2795 ASTContext &Context) { 2796 if (!PrevDecl) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2800 return false; 2801 2802 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2803 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2804 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2805 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2806 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2807 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2808 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2809 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2810 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2811 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2812 return false; 2813 2814 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2815 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2816 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2817 return false; 2818 2819 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2820 // previous declarations. 2821 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2822 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2823 2824 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2825 // isn't the same function. 2826 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2827 return false; 2828 } 2829 2830 return true; 2831} 2832 2833static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2834 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2835 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2836 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2837 SS.getRange()); 2838} 2839 2840NamedDecl* 2841Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2842 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2843 LookupResult &Previous, 2844 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2845 bool &Redeclaration) { 2846 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2847 2848 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2851 2852 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2853 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2854 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2855 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2856 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2857 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2858 // an error here 2859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2860 D.setInvalidType(); 2861 SC = SC_None; 2862 } 2863 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2864 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2865 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2866 2867 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2868 if (!II) { 2869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2870 << Name.getAsString(); 2871 return 0; 2872 } 2873 2874 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2875 2876 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2877 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2878 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2879 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2880 2881 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2882 // is a GNU extension. 2883 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2885 else 2886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2887 D.setInvalidType(); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 bool isExplicitSpecialization; 2892 VarDecl *NewVD; 2893 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2894 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2895 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2896 2897 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2898 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2899 } else { 2900 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2901 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2902 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2904 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2906 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2907 SC = SC_Static; 2908 } 2909 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2910 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2911 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2912 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2913 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2914 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2915 2916 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2917 // the program is ill-formed. 2918 // 2919 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2920 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2921 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2922 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2923 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2928 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2929 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2930 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2931 bool Invalid = false; 2932 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2933 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2934 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2935 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2936 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2937 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2938 /*never a friend*/ false, 2939 isExplicitSpecialization, 2940 Invalid)) { 2941 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2942 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2943 2944 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2945 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2946 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2947 << II 2948 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2949 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2950 return 0; 2951 } else { 2952 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2953 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2954 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2955 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2956 << II 2957 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2958 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2959 2960 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2961 } 2962 } 2963 2964 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2965 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2966 2967 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2968 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2969 2970 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2971 2972 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2973 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2974 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2975 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2976 } 2977 } 2978 2979 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2980 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2981 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2982 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2984 else 2985 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2986 } 2987 2988 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2990 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2991 2992 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2993 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2994 2995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2999 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3000 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3001 switch (SC) { 3002 case SC_None: 3003 case SC_Auto: 3004 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3005 break; 3006 case SC_Register: 3007 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3008 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3009 break; 3010 case SC_Static: 3011 case SC_Extern: 3012 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3013 break; 3014 } 3015 } 3016 3017 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3018 Context, Label)); 3019 } 3020 3021 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3022 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3023 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3024 3025 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3026 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3027 // declaration has linkage). 3028 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 3029 3030 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3031 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3032 else { 3033 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3034 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3035 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3036 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3037 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3038 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3039 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3040 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3041 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3042 Previous.clear(); 3043 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3044 } 3045 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3046 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3048 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3049 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3050 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3051 } 3052 3053 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3054 3055 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3056 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3057 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3058 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3059 } 3060 3061 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3062 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3063 // here. 3064 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3065 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3066 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3067 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3068 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3069 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3070 } 3071 } 3072 3073 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3074 // such variables. 3075 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3076 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3077 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3078 3079 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3080 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3081 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3082 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3083 3084 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3085 3086 return NewVD; 3087} 3088 3089/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3090/// -Wshadow. 3091/// 3092/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3093/// scope. 3094/// 3095/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3096/// \param R the lookup of the name 3097/// 3098void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3099 // Return if warning is ignored. 3100 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3101 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3102 return; 3103 3104 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3105 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3106 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3107 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3108 return; 3109 3110 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3111 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3112 return; 3113 3114 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3115 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3116 return; 3117 3118 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3119 3120 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3121 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3122 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3123 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3124 return; 3125 3126 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3127 // static data members from base classes? 3128 3129 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3130 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3131 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3132 } 3133 3134 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3135 unsigned Kind; 3136 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3137 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3138 Kind = 3; // field 3139 else 3140 Kind = 2; // static data member 3141 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3142 Kind = 1; // global 3143 else 3144 Kind = 0; // local 3145 3146 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3147 3148 // Emit warning and note. 3149 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3150 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3151} 3152 3153/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3154void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3155 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3156 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3157 return; 3158 3159 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3160 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3161 LookupName(R, S); 3162 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3163} 3164 3165/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3166/// declaration. 3167/// 3168/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3169/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3170/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3171/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3172/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3173/// 3174/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3175void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3176 LookupResult &Previous, 3177 bool &Redeclaration) { 3178 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3179 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3180 return; 3181 3182 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3183 3184 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3185 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3186 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3187 } 3188 3189 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3190 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3191 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3192 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3193 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3194 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3195 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3196 } 3197 3198 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3199 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3200 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3201 3202 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3203 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3204 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3205 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3206 3207 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3208 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3209 bool SizeIsNegative; 3210 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3211 QualType FixedTy = 3212 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3213 Oversized); 3214 3215 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3216 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3217 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3218 // int a[10][n]; 3219 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3220 3221 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3222 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3223 << SizeRange; 3224 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3225 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3226 << SizeRange; 3227 else 3228 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3229 << SizeRange; 3230 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3231 } 3232 3233 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3234 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3236 else 3237 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3238 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3239 } 3240 3241 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3242 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3243 } 3244 3245 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3246 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3247 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3248 // declaration with the same name. 3249 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3250 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3251 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3252 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3253 } 3254 3255 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3257 << T; 3258 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3259 } 3260 3261 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3262 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3263 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3264 } 3265 3266 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3268 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3269 } 3270 3271 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3272 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3273 QualType Pointee; 3274 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3275 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3276 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3277 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3278 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3279 PtrOrRef = 1; 3280 } 3281 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3282 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3283 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3284 << PtrOrRef; 3285 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3286 } 3287 3288 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3289 Redeclaration = true; 3290 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3291 } 3292} 3293 3294/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3295struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3296 Sema *S; 3297 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3298}; 3299 3300/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3301/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3302/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3303static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3304 CXXBasePath &Path, 3305 void *UserData) { 3306 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3307 3308 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3309 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3310 3311 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3312 3313 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3314 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3315 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3316 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3317 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3318 3319 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3320 } 3321 3322 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3323 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3324 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3325 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3326 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3327 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3328 return true; 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 return false; 3333} 3334 3335/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3336/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3337bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3338 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3339 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3340 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3341 Data.Method = MD; 3342 Data.S = this; 3343 bool AddedAny = false; 3344 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3345 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3346 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3347 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3348 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3349 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3350 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3351 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3352 AddedAny = true; 3353 } 3354 } 3355 } 3356 } 3357 3358 return AddedAny; 3359} 3360 3361static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3362 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3363 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3364 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3365 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3366 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3367 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3368 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3369 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3370 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3371 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3372 } 3373} 3374 3375/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3376/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3377static void 3378CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3379 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3380 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3381 return; 3382 3383 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3384 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3385 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3386 3387 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3388 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3389 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3390 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3391 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3392 diag::err_function_marked_override_not_overriding) 3393 << MD->getDeclName(); 3394 return; 3395 } 3396 3397 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3398 return; 3399 3400 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3401 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3402 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3403 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3404 /// program is ill-formed. 3405 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3406 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3407 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3408 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3409 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3410 3411 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3412 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3413 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3414 3415 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3416 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3417 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3418 } 3419} 3420 3421NamedDecl* 3422Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3423 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3424 LookupResult &Previous, 3425 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3426 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3427 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3428 3429 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3430 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3431 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3432 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3433 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3434 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3435 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3436 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3437 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3438 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3439 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3440 D.setInvalidType(); 3441 break; 3442 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3443 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3444 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3445 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3446 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3447 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3448 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3449 // other than extern 3450 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3451 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3452 diag::err_static_block_func); 3453 SC = SC_None; 3454 } else 3455 SC = SC_Static; 3456 break; 3457 } 3458 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3459 } 3460 3461 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3463 3464 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3465 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3466 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3467 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3468 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3469 D.setInvalidType(); 3470 } 3471 3472 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3473 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3474 bool isFriend = false; 3475 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3476 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3477 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3478 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3479 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3480 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3481 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3482 3483 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3484 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3485 // prototype. This true when: 3486 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3487 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3488 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3489 bool HasPrototype = 3490 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3491 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3492 3493 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3494 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3495 HasPrototype); 3496 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3497 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3498 3499 // Set the lexical context. 3500 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3501 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3502 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3503 } else { 3504 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3505 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3506 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3507 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3508 3509 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3510 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3511 // the class has been completely parsed. 3512 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3513 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3514 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3515 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3516 AbstractReturnType)) 3517 D.setInvalidType(); 3518 3519 3520 if (isFriend) { 3521 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3522 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3523 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3524 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3525 } 3526 3527 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3528 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3529 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3530 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3531 3532 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3533 3534 // Create the new declaration 3535 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3536 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3537 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3538 isExplicit, isInline, 3539 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3540 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3541 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3542 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3543 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3544 3545 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3546 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3547 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3548 isInline, 3549 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3550 isVirtualOkay = true; 3551 } else { 3552 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3553 3554 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3555 // code path. 3556 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3557 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3558 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3559 D.setInvalidType(); 3560 } 3561 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3562 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3563 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3564 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3565 return 0; 3566 } 3567 3568 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3569 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3570 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3571 isInline, isExplicit); 3572 3573 isVirtualOkay = true; 3574 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3575 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3576 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3577 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3578 // constructor if it has no return type). 3579 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3580 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3581 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3582 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3583 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3584 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3585 return 0; 3586 } 3587 3588 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3589 3590 // [class.free]p1: 3591 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3592 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3593 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3594 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3595 isStatic = true; 3596 3597 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3598 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3599 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3600 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3601 isStatic = true; 3602 3603 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3604 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3605 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3606 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3607 3608 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3609 } else { 3610 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3611 // prototype. This true when: 3612 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3613 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3614 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3615 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3616 } 3617 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3618 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3619 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3620 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3621 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3622 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3623 3624 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3625 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3626 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3627 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3628 3629 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3630 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3631 bool Invalid = false; 3632 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3633 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3634 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3635 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3636 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3637 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3638 isFriend, 3639 isExplicitSpecialization, 3640 Invalid)) { 3641 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3642 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3643 3644 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3645 // This is a function template 3646 3647 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3648 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3649 return 0; 3650 3651 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3652 NewFD->getLocation(), 3653 Name, TemplateParams, 3654 NewFD); 3655 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3656 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3657 } else { 3658 // This is a function template specialization. 3659 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3660 3661 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3662 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3663 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3664 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3665 3666 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3667 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3668 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3669 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3670 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3671 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3672 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3673 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3674 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3675 } 3676 3677 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3678 << Name << RemoveRange 3679 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3680 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3681 } 3682 } 3683 } 3684 3685 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3686 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3687 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3688 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3689 } 3690 3691 if (Invalid) { 3692 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3693 if (FunctionTemplate) 3694 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3695 } 3696 3697 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3698 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3699 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3700 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3701 // 3702 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3703 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3705 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3706 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3707 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3709 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3710 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3711 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3712 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3713 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3714 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3715 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3716 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3717 } else { 3718 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3719 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3720 } 3721 } 3722 3723 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3724 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3725 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3726 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3727 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3728 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3729 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3730 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3731 } 3732 } 3733 3734 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3735 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3736 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3737 // and 12.3.2. 3738 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3739 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3740 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3741 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3742 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3743 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3744 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3745 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3746 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3747 // or conversion function. 3748 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3749 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3750 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3751 } 3752 } 3753 3754 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3755 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3756 3757 if (isFriend) { 3758 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3759 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3760 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3761 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3762 } 3763 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3764 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3768 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3769 // definition. 3770 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3771 } 3772 3773 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3774 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3775 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3776 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3777 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3778 // the class. 3779 3780 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3781 // member function definition. 3782 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3783 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3784 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3785 } 3786 } 3787 3788 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3789 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3790 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3791 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3792 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3793 SE->getString())); 3794 } 3795 3796 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3797 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3798 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3799 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3800 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3801 3802 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3803 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3804 // single void argument. 3805 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3806 // already checks for that case. 3807 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3808 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3809 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3810 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3811 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3812 3813 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3814 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3815 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3816 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3817 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3818 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3819 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3820 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3821 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3822 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3823 Params.push_back(Param); 3824 3825 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3826 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3827 } 3828 } 3829 3830 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3831 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3832 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3833 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3834 // 3835 // @code 3836 // typedef void fn(int); 3837 // fn f; 3838 // @endcode 3839 3840 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3841 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3842 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3843 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3844 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3845 Params.push_back(Param); 3846 } 3847 } else { 3848 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3849 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3850 } 3851 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3852 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3853 3854 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 3855 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 3856 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 3857 3858 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3859 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3860 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3861 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3862 Redeclaration); 3863 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3864 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3865 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3866 } else { 3867 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3868 // argument list into our AST format. 3869 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3870 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3871 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3872 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3873 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3874 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3875 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3876 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3877 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3878 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3879 TemplateArgs); 3880 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3881 3882 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3883 3884 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3885 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3886 // arguments. 3887 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3888 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3889 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3890 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3891 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3892 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3893 // too few of them). 3894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3895 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3896 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3897 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3898 "template<> "); 3899 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3900 } else { 3901 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3902 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3903 } 3904 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3905 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3906 // wrote something like: 3907 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3908 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3909 // friend void foo<>(int); 3910 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3911 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3912 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3913 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3914 } 3915 3916 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3917 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3918 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3919 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3920 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3921 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3922 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3923 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3924 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3925 Previous)) 3926 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3927 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3928 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3929 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3930 Previous)) 3931 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3932 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3933 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3934 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3935 } 3936 3937 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3938 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3939 Redeclaration); 3940 3941 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3942 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3943 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3944 3945 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3946 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3947 : NewFD); 3948 3949 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3950 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3951 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3952 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3953 3954 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3955 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3956 3957 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3958 } 3959 3960 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3961 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3962 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3963 3964 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3965 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3966 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3967 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3968 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3969 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3970 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3971 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3972 } 3973 3974 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3975 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3976 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3977 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3978 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3979 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3980 3981 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3982 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3983 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3984 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3985 3986 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3987 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3988 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3989 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3990 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3991 // can actually do this check immediately. 3992 if (isFriend && 3993 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3994 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3995 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3996 // ignore these 3997 } else { 3998 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3999 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4000 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4001 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4002 // 4003 // class X { 4004 // void f() const; 4005 // }; 4006 // 4007 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4008 // 4009 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4010 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4011 // whether the parameter types are references). 4012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4013 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4015 4016 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4017 } 4018 4019 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4020 // to something. 4021 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4022 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4023 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4024 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4025 } 4026 4027 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4028 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4029 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4030 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4031 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4032 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4033 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4034 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4035 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4036 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4037 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4038 } 4039 } 4040 4041 4042 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4043 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4044 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4045 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4046 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4047 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4048 4049 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4050 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4051 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4052 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4053 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4054 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4055 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4056 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4057 } 4058 } 4059 4060 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4061 4062 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4063 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4064 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4065 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4066 << NewFD; 4067 4068 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4069 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4070 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4071 EPI.Variadic = true; 4072 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4073 4074 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4075 NewFD->setType(R); 4076 } 4077 4078 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4079 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4080 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4081 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4082 4083 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4084 // map of such names. 4085 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4086 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4087 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4088 4089 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4090 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4091 4092 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4093 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4094 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4095 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4096 return FunctionTemplate; 4097 } 4098 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4099 } 4100 4101 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4102 return NewFD; 4103} 4104 4105/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4106/// 4107/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4108/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4109/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4110/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4111/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4112/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4113/// via InstantiateDecl). 4114/// 4115/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4116/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4117/// 4118/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4119void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4120 LookupResult &Previous, 4121 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4122 bool &Redeclaration) { 4123 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4124 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4125 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4126 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4127 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4128 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4129 4130 return; 4131 } 4132 4133 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4134 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4135 // because all functions have linkage. 4136 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4137 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4138 } 4139 4140 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4141 CheckMain(NewFD); 4142 4143 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4144 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4145 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4146 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4147 // declaration with the same name. 4148 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4149 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4150 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4151 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4152 } 4153 4154 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4155 // the same name, if appropriate. 4156 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4157 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4158 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4159 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4160 // function to the scope. 4161 4162 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4163 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4164 Redeclaration = true; 4165 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4166 } else { 4167 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4168 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4169 case Ovl_Match: 4170 Redeclaration = true; 4171 break; 4172 4173 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4174 Redeclaration = true; 4175 break; 4176 4177 case Ovl_Overload: 4178 Redeclaration = false; 4179 break; 4180 } 4181 4182 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4183 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4184 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4185 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4186 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4187 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4188 if (Redeclaration) 4189 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4190 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4191 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4192 if (OverloadedDecl) 4193 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4194 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4195 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4196 Context)); 4197 } 4198 } 4199 4200 if (Redeclaration) { 4201 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4202 // merged. 4203 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4204 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4205 4206 Previous.clear(); 4207 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4208 4209 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4210 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4211 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4212 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4213 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4214 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4215 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4216 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4217 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4218 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4219 } 4220 4221 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4222 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4223 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4224 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4225 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4226 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4227 } 4228 } else { 4229 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4230 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4231 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4232 } 4233 } 4234 } 4235 4236 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4238 // C++-specific checks. 4239 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4240 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4241 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4242 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4243 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4244 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4245 4246 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4247 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4248 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4249 DeclarationName Name 4250 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4251 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4252 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4253 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4254 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4255 } 4256 } 4257 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4258 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4259 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4260 } 4261 4262 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4263 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4264 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4265 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4266 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4267 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4268 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4269 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4270 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4271 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4272 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4273 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4274 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4275 ++Overridden) { 4276 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4277 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4278 } 4279 } 4280 } 4281 } 4282 } 4283 4284 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4285 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4286 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4287 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4288 4289 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4290 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4291 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4292 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4293 4294 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4295 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4296 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4297 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4298 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4299 4300 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4301 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4302 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4303 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4304 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4305 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4306 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4307 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4308 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4309 } 4310 } 4311 } 4312} 4313 4314void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4315 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4316 // or static is ill-formed. 4317 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4318 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4319 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4320 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4321 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4322 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4323 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4324 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4325 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4326 4327 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4328 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4329 } 4330 4331 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4332 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4333 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4334 4335 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4336 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4337 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); 4338 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4339 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4340 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4341 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4342 "int"); 4343 } 4344 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4345 } 4346 4347 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4348 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4349 4350 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4351 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4352 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4353 4354 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4355 4356 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4357 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4358 // getting shifty. 4359 if (nparams == 4 && 4360 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4361 HasExtraParameters = false; 4362 4363 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4364 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4365 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4366 nparams = 3; 4367 } 4368 4369 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4370 // if we had some location information about types. 4371 4372 QualType CharPP = 4373 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4374 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4375 4376 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4377 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4378 4379 bool mismatch = true; 4380 4381 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4382 mismatch = false; 4383 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4384 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4385 // char const ** 4386 // char const * const * 4387 // char * const * 4388 4389 QualifierCollector qs; 4390 const PointerType* PT; 4391 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4392 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4393 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4394 qs.removeConst(); 4395 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4396 } 4397 } 4398 4399 if (mismatch) { 4400 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4401 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4402 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4407 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4408 } 4409 4410 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4411 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4412 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4413 } 4414} 4415 4416bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4417 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4418 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4419 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4420 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4421 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4422 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4423 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4424 // rules there don't matter.) 4425 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4426 return false; 4427 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4428 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4429 return true; 4430} 4431 4432void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4433 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4434} 4435 4436/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4437/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4438/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4439void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4440 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4441 // the initializer. 4442 if (RealDecl == 0) 4443 return; 4444 4445 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4446 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4447 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4448 // Thus this grotesque test. 4449 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4450 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4451 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4452 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4453 else { 4454 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4455 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4456 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4457 } 4458 return; 4459 } 4460 4461 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4462 if (!VDecl) { 4463 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4464 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4465 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4466 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4467 else 4468 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4469 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4470 return; 4471 } 4472 4473 4474 4475 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4476 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4477 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4478 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4479 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4480 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4481 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4482 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4483 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4484 return; 4485 } 4486 4487 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4488 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4489 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4490 AbstractVariableType)) 4491 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4492 4493 const VarDecl *Def; 4494 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4495 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4496 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4497 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4498 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4499 return; 4500 } 4501 4502 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4503 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4504 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4505 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4506 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4507 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4508 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4509 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4510 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4511 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4512 // 4513 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4514 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4515 // declaration with an initializer. 4516 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4517 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4518 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4519 return; 4520 } 4521 4522 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4523 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4524 4525 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4526 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4527 return; 4528 } 4529 } 4530 4531 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4532 // initialization. 4533 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4534 4535 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4536 InitializationKind Kind 4537 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4538 Init->getLocStart(), 4539 Init->getLocEnd()) 4540 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4541 Init->getLocStart()); 4542 4543 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4544 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4545 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4546 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4547 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4548 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4549 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4550 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4551 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4552 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4553 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4554 &DclT); 4555 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4556 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4557 return; 4558 } 4559 4560 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4561 4562 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4563 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4564 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4565 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4566 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4567 } 4568 } 4569 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4570 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4571 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4572 // 4573 // struct S { 4574 // static const int value = 17; 4575 // }; 4576 4577 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4578 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4579 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4580 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4581 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4582 &DclT); 4583 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4584 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4585 return; 4586 } 4587 4588 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4589 } 4590 4591 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4592 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4593 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4594 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4595 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4596 4597 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4598 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4599 4600 // Require constness. 4601 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4602 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4603 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4604 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4605 4606 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4607 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4608 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4609 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4610 llvm::APSInt Value; 4611 SourceLocation Loc; 4612 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4614 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4615 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4616 } 4617 } 4618 4619 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4620 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4621 // implement fully. 4622 } else { 4623 bool Allowed = false; 4624 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4625 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4626 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4627 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4628 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4629 Allowed = true; 4630 } 4631 4632 if (!Allowed) { 4633 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4634 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4635 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4636 4637 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4638 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4639 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4640 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4641 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4642 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4643 } 4644 } 4645 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4646 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4647 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4648 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4649 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4650 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4651 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4652 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4653 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4654 &DclT); 4655 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4656 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4657 return; 4658 } 4659 4660 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4661 } 4662 4663 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4664 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4665 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4666 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4667 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4668 } 4669 } 4670 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4671 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4672 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4673 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4674 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4675 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4676 Init->setType(DclT); 4677 } 4678 4679 4680 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4681 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4682 // global/static definition. 4683 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4684 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4685 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4686 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4687 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4688 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4689 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4690 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4691 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4692 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4693 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4694 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4695 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4696 } 4697 } 4698 } 4699 4700 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4701 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4702 4703 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4704 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4705 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4706 4707 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 4708} 4709 4710/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4711/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4712/// of sanity. 4713void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4714 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4715 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4716 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4717 4718 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4719 if (!VD) return; 4720 4721 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4722 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4723 4724 // Require a complete type. 4725 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4726 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4727 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4728 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4729 return; 4730 } 4731 4732 // Require an abstract type. 4733 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4734 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4735 AbstractVariableType)) { 4736 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4737 return; 4738 } 4739 4740 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4741 // though. 4742} 4743 4744void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4745 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4746 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4747 if (RealDecl == 0) 4748 return; 4749 4750 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4751 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4752 4753 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4754 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4755 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4756 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4757 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4758 return; 4759 } 4760 4761 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4762 case VarDecl::Definition: 4763 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4764 break; 4765 4766 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4767 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4768 // a declaration. 4769 // 4770 // Fall through 4771 4772 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4773 // It's only a declaration. 4774 4775 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4776 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4777 // object shall be complete. 4778 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4779 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4780 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4781 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4782 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4783 4784 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4785 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4786 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4787 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4788 AbstractVariableType)) 4789 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4790 return; 4791 4792 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4793 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4794 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4795 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4796 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4797 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4798 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4799 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4800 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4801 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4802 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4803 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4804 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4805 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4806 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4807 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4808 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4809 // NOTE: code such as the following 4810 // static struct s; 4811 // struct s { int a; }; 4812 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4813 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4814 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4815 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4816 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4817 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4818 } 4819 } 4820 4821 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4822 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4823 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4824 return; 4825 } 4826 4827 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4828 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4829 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4830 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4831 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4832 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4833 return; 4834 } 4835 4836 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4837 // definitions with reference type. 4838 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4839 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4840 << Var->getDeclName() 4841 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4842 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4843 return; 4844 } 4845 4846 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4847 // variable with dependent type. 4848 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4849 return; 4850 4851 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4852 return; 4853 4854 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4855 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4856 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4857 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4858 return; 4859 } 4860 4861 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4862 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4863 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4864 AbstractVariableType)) { 4865 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4866 return; 4867 } 4868 4869 const RecordType *Record 4870 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4871 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4872 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4873 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4874 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4875 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4876 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4877 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4878 // type shall have a user-declared default 4879 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4880 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4881 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4882 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4883 // program is ill-formed. 4884 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4885 } else { 4886 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4887 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4888 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4889 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4890 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4891 4892 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4893 InitializationKind Kind 4894 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4895 4896 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4897 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4898 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4899 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4900 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4901 else if (Init.get()) 4902 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4903 } 4904 4905 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 4906 } 4907} 4908 4909void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 4910 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4911 4912 // All the following checks are C++ only. 4913 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 4914 4915 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 4916 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 4917 4918 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 4919 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4920 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 4921 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 4922 4923 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 4924 // constructing this copy. 4925 QualType type = var->getType(); 4926 4927 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 4928 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 4929 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 4930 ExprResult result = 4931 PerformCopyInitialization( 4932 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 4933 poi, Owned(varRef)); 4934 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 4935 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 4936 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4937 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 4938 } 4939 } 4940 } 4941 4942 // Check for global constructors. 4943 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4944 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 4945 !var->isStaticLocal() && 4946 var->getInit() && 4947 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4948 baseType->isReferenceType())) 4949 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4950 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 4951 4952 // Require the destructor. 4953 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4954 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 4955} 4956 4957Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4958Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4959 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4960 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4961 4962 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4963 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4964 4965 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4966 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4967 Decls.push_back(D); 4968 4969 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4970 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4971} 4972 4973 4974/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4975/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4976Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4977 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4978 4979 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4980 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4981 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4982 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4983 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4984 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4985 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4986 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4987 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4988 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4989 } 4990 4991 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4992 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4993 4994 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4995 4996 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4998 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4999 5000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5001 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5002 // parameter. 5003 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5004 5005 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5006 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5007 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5008 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5009 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5010 } 5011 5012 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5013 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5014 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5015 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5016 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 // Ensure we have a valid name 5021 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5022 if (D.hasName()) { 5023 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5024 if (!II) { 5025 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5026 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5027 D.setInvalidType(true); 5028 } 5029 } 5030 5031 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5032 if (II) { 5033 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5034 ForRedeclaration); 5035 LookupName(R, S); 5036 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5037 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5038 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5039 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5040 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5041 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5042 PrevDecl = 0; 5043 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5044 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5045 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5046 5047 // Recover by removing the name 5048 II = 0; 5049 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5050 D.setInvalidType(true); 5051 } 5052 } 5053 } 5054 5055 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5056 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5057 // looking like class members in C++. 5058 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5059 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 5060 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5061 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5062 5063 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5064 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5065 5066 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5067 S->AddDecl(New); 5068 if (II) 5069 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5070 5071 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5072 5073 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5075 } 5076 return New; 5077} 5078 5079/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5080/// typedef. 5081ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5082 SourceLocation Loc, 5083 QualType T) { 5084 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5085 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5086 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5087 Param->setImplicit(); 5088 return Param; 5089} 5090 5091void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5092 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5093 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5094 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5095 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5096 return; 5097 5098 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5099 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5100 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5101 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5102 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5103 } 5104 } 5105} 5106 5107void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5108 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5109 QualType ReturnTy, 5110 NamedDecl *D) { 5111 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5112 return; 5113 5114 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5115 // threshold. 5116 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5117 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5118 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5119 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5120 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5121 } 5122 5123 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5124 // threshold. 5125 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5126 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5127 if (!T->isPODType()) 5128 continue; 5129 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5130 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5131 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5132 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5133 } 5134} 5135 5136ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5137 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5138 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5139 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5140 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5141 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5142 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5143 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5144 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5145 0); 5146 5147 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5148 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5149 // the class has been completely parsed. 5150 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5151 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5152 AbstractParamType)) 5153 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5154 5155 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5156 // passed by reference. 5157 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5158 Diag(NameLoc, 5159 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5160 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5161 } 5162 5163 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5164 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5165 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5166 // an address space. 5167 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5168 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5169 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5170 } 5171 5172 return New; 5173} 5174 5175void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5176 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5177 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5178 5179 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5180 // for a K&R function. 5181 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5182 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5183 --i; 5184 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5185 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5186 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5187 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5188 << ";\n"; 5189 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5190 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5191 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5192 5193 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5194 // type. 5195 DeclSpec DS; 5196 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5197 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5198 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5199 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5200 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5201 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5202 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5203 } 5204 } 5205 } 5206} 5207 5208Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5209 Declarator &D) { 5210 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5211 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5212 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5213 5214 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5215 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5216 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5217 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5218} 5219 5220static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5221 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5222 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5223 return false; 5224 5225 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5226 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5227 return false; 5228 5229 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5230 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5234 if (FD->isMain()) 5235 return false; 5236 5237 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5238 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5239 return false; 5240 5241 // Don't warn about function templates. 5242 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5243 return false; 5244 5245 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5246 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5247 return false; 5248 5249 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5250 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5251 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5252 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5253 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5254 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5255 continue; 5256 5257 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5258 break; 5259 } 5260 5261 return MissingPrototype; 5262} 5263 5264Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5265 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5266 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5267 5268 if (!D) 5269 return D; 5270 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5271 5272 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5273 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5274 else 5275 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5276 5277 // Enter a new function scope 5278 PushFunctionScope(); 5279 5280 // See if this is a redefinition. 5281 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5282 // was an extern inline function. 5283 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5284 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5285 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5286 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5287 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5289 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5290 else 5291 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5292 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5293 } 5294 5295 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5296 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5297 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5298 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5299 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5300 } 5301 } 5302 5303 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5304 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5305 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5306 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5307 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5308 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5309 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5310 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5311 5312 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5313 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5314 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5315 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5316 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5317 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5318 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5319 5320 if (FnBodyScope) 5321 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5322 5323 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5324 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5325 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5326 5327 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5328 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5329 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5330 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5331 5332 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5333 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5334 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5335 5336 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5337 } 5338 } 5339 5340 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5341 // dllimport attribute. 5342 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5343 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5344 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5345 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5346 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5347 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5348 << "dllimport"; 5349 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5350 return FD; 5351 } 5352 5353 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5354 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5355 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5356 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5357 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5358 // emitted. 5359 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5360 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5361 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5362 } 5363 } 5364 return FD; 5365} 5366 5367/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5368/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5369/// optimization. 5370/// 5371/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5372/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5373/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5374/// use the named return value optimization. 5375/// 5376/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5377/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5378/// the NRVO variable. 5379/// 5380/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5381/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5382/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5383static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5384 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5385 5386 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5387 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5388 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5389 return; 5390 5391 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5392 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5393 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5394 return; 5395 } 5396 5397 if (NRVOCandidate) 5398 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5399} 5400 5401Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5402 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5403} 5404 5405Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5406 bool IsInstantiation) { 5407 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5408 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5409 if (FunTmpl) 5410 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5411 else 5412 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5413 5414 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5415 5416 if (FD) { 5417 FD->setBody(Body); 5418 if (FD->isMain()) { 5419 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5420 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5421 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5422 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5423 } 5424 5425 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5426 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5427 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5428 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5429 5430 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5431 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5432 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5433 5434 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5435 } 5436 5437 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5438 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5439 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5440 MD->setBody(Body); 5441 if (Body) 5442 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5443 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5444 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5445 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5446 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5447 } 5448 } else { 5449 return 0; 5450 } 5451 5452 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5453 5454 // Check goto/label use. 5455 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5456 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5457 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5458 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5459 5460 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5461 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5462 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5463 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5464 if (!L->isUsed()) 5465 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5466 continue; 5467 } 5468 5469 // Emit error. 5470 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5471 5472 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5473 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5474 // formed. 5475 if (Body == 0) { 5476 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5477 continue; 5478 } 5479 5480 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5481 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5482 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5483 // label in it. 5484 5485 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5486 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5487 5488 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5489 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5490 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5491 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5492 Compound->body_end()); 5493 Elements.push_back(L); 5494 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5495 } 5496 5497 if (Body) { 5498 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5499 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5500 // Verify this. 5501 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5502 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5503 5504 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5505 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5506 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5507 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5508 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5509 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5510 5511 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5512 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5513 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5514 5515 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5516 Destructor->getParent()); 5517 } 5518 5519 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5520 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5521 // deletion in some later function. 5522 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5523 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5524 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5525 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5526 // enabled. 5527 QualType ResultType; 5528 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5529 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5530 } else { 5531 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5532 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5533 } 5534 } 5535 5536 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5537 } 5538 5539 if (!IsInstantiation) 5540 PopDeclContext(); 5541 5542 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5543 5544 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5545 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5546 // deletion in some later function. 5547 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5548 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5549 5550 return dcl; 5551} 5552 5553/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5554/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5555NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5556 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5557 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5558 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5559 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5560 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5561 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5562 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5563 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5564 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5565 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5566 return Pos->second; 5567 } 5568 5569 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5570 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5571 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5572 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5573 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5574 else 5575 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5576 5577 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5578 const char *Dummy; 5579 DeclSpec DS; 5580 unsigned DiagID; 5581 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5582 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5583 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5584 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5585 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5586 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5587 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5588 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5589 SourceLocation()); 5590 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5591 5592 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5593 5594 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5595 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5596 5597 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5598 FD->setImplicit(); 5599 5600 CurContext = PrevDC; 5601 5602 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5603 5604 return FD; 5605} 5606 5607/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5608/// the declaration of this function. 5609/// 5610/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5611/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5612/// like NSLog or printf. 5613void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5614 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5615 return; 5616 5617 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5618 // actual attributes. 5619 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5620 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5621 unsigned FormatIdx; 5622 bool HasVAListArg; 5623 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5624 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5625 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5626 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5627 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5628 } 5629 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5630 HasVAListArg)) { 5631 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5632 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5633 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5634 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5635 } 5636 5637 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5638 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5639 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5640 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5641 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5642 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5643 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5644 } 5645 5646 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5647 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5648 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5649 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5650 } 5651 5652 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5653 if (!Name) 5654 return; 5655 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5656 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5657 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5658 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5659 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5660 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5661 // about. 5662 } else 5663 return; 5664 5665 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5666 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5667 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5668 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5669 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5670 } else 5671 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5672 "printf", 1, 5673 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5674 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5675 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5676 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5677 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5678 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5679 "printf", 2, 5680 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5681 } 5682} 5683 5684TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5686 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5687 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5688 5689 if (!TInfo) { 5690 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5691 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5692 } 5693 5694 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5695 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5696 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5697 D.getIdentifier(), 5698 TInfo); 5699 5700 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5701 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5702 5703 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5704 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5705 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5706 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5707 } 5708 5709 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5710 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5711 return NewTD; 5712} 5713 5714 5715/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5716/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5717/// 5718/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5719bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5720 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5721 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5722 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5723 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5724 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5725 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5726 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5727 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5728 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5729 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5730 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5731 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5732 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5733 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5734 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5735 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5736 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5737 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5738 return true; 5739 5740 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5741 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5742 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5743 bool isTemplate = false; 5744 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5745 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5746 5747 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5748 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5749 << isTemplate << &Name 5750 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5751 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5752 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5753 return true; 5754 } 5755 return false; 5756} 5757 5758/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5759/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5760/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5761/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5762Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5763 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5764 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5765 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5766 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5767 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5768 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5769 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5770 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5771 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5772 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5773 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5774 5775 OwnedDecl = false; 5776 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5777 5778 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5779 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5780 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5781 bool Invalid = false; 5782 5783 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5784 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5785 // for non-C++ cases. 5786 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5787 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5788 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5789 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5790 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5791 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5792 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5793 isExplicitSpecialization, 5794 Invalid)) { 5795 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5796 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5797 5798 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5799 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5800 // be a member of another template). 5801 if (Invalid) 5802 return 0; 5803 5804 OwnedDecl = false; 5805 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5806 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5807 TemplateParams, 5808 AS); 5809 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5810 return Result.get(); 5811 } else { 5812 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5813 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5814 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5815 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5816 } 5817 } 5818 } 5819 5820 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5821 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5822 // redeclaration. 5823 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5824 5825 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5826 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5827 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5828 // type, default to int. 5829 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5830 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5831 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5832 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5833 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5834 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5835 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5836 5837 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5838 5839 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5840 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5841 << T; 5842 // Recover by falling back to int. 5843 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5844 } 5845 5846 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 5847 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 5848 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5849 5850 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5851 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5852 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5853 } 5854 5855 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5856 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5857 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5858 5859 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5860 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5861 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5862 5863 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5864 5865 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5866 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5867 5868 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5869 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5870 Name = 0; 5871 goto CreateNewDecl; 5872 } 5873 5874 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5875 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5876 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5877 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5878 if (!DC) { 5879 IsDependent = true; 5880 return 0; 5881 } 5882 } else { 5883 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5884 if (!DC) { 5885 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5886 << SS.getRange(); 5887 return 0; 5888 } 5889 } 5890 5891 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5892 return 0; 5893 5894 SearchDC = DC; 5895 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5896 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5897 5898 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5899 return 0; 5900 5901 if (Previous.empty()) { 5902 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5903 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5904 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5905 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5906 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5907 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5908 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5909 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5910 IsDependent = true; 5911 return 0; 5912 } 5913 5914 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5915 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5916 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5917 Name = 0; 5918 Invalid = true; 5919 goto CreateNewDecl; 5920 } 5921 } else if (Name) { 5922 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5923 // declaration or definition. 5924 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5925 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5926 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5927 LookupName(Previous, S); 5928 5929 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5930 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5931 return 0; 5932 5933 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5934 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5935 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5936 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5937 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5938 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5939 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5940 } 5941 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5942 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5943 // initial context to the translation unit. 5944 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5945 } 5946 5947 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5948 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5949 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5950 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5951 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5952 Previous.clear(); 5953 } 5954 5955 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5956 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5957 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5958 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5959 5960 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5961 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5962 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5963 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5964 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5965 } 5966 } 5967 5968 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5969 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5970 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5971 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5972 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5973 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5974 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5975 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5976 5977 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5978 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5979 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5980 // 5981 // class-key identifier 5982 // 5983 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5984 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5985 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5986 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5987 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5988 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5989 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5990 // declaration. 5991 // 5992 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5993 // C structs and unions. 5994 // 5995 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5996 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5997 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5998 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5999 // 6000 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6001 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6002 // 6003 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6004 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6005 // lexical context, 6006 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6007 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6008 6009 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6010 while (S->isClassScope() || 6011 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6012 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6013 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6014 (S->getEntity() && 6015 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6016 S = S->getParent(); 6017 } else { 6018 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6019 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6020 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6021 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6022 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6023 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6024 } 6025 6026 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6027 // diagnose some problems. 6028 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6029 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6030 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6031 } 6032 } 6033 6034 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6035 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6036 6037 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6038 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6039 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6040 // in C++. 6041 // 6042 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6043 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6044 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6045 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6047 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6048 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6049 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6050 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6051 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6052 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6053 PrevDecl = Tag; 6054 Previous.clear(); 6055 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6056 Previous.resolveKind(); 6057 } 6058 } 6059 } 6060 } 6061 6062 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6063 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6064 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6065 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6066 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6067 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6068 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6069 // struct or something similar. 6070 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6071 bool SafeToContinue 6072 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6073 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6074 if (SafeToContinue) 6075 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6076 << Name 6077 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6078 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6079 else 6080 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6081 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6082 6083 if (SafeToContinue) 6084 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6085 else { 6086 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6087 Name = 0; 6088 Previous.clear(); 6089 Invalid = true; 6090 } 6091 } 6092 6093 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6094 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6095 6096 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6097 // returning the previous declaration. 6098 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6099 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6100 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6101 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6102 return PrevTagDecl; 6103 } 6104 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6105 QualType T; 6106 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6107 T = TI->getType(); 6108 else 6109 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6110 6111 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6112 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6113 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6114 << T 6115 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6116 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6117 return PrevTagDecl; 6118 } 6119 } 6120 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6121 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6122 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6123 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6124 return PrevTagDecl; 6125 } 6126 } 6127 6128 if (!Invalid) { 6129 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6130 6131 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6132 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6133 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6134 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6135 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6136 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6137 return PrevTagDecl; 6138 6139 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6140 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6141 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6142 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6143 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6144 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6145 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6146 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6147 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6148 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6149 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6150 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6151 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6152 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6153 // references get the previous definition. 6154 Name = 0; 6155 Previous.clear(); 6156 Invalid = true; 6157 } 6158 } else { 6159 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6160 // about a nested redefinition. 6161 const TagType *Tag 6162 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6163 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6164 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6165 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6166 diag::note_previous_definition); 6167 Name = 0; 6168 Previous.clear(); 6169 Invalid = true; 6170 } 6171 } 6172 6173 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6174 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6175 } 6176 } 6177 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6178 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6179 6180 } else { 6181 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6182 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6183 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6184 // have distinct types. 6185 Previous.clear(); 6186 } 6187 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6188 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6189 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6190 6191 6192 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6193 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6194 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6195 } else { 6196 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6197 6198 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6199 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6200 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6201 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6202 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6203 unsigned Kind = 0; 6204 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6205 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6206 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6207 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6208 Invalid = true; 6209 6210 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6211 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6212 // do nothing 6213 6214 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6215 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6216 unsigned Kind = 0; 6217 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6218 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6219 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6220 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6221 Invalid = true; 6222 6223 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6224 // case here. 6225 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6226 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6227 << Name 6228 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6229 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6230 Invalid = true; 6231 6232 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6233 } else { 6234 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6235 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6236 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6237 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6238 Name = 0; 6239 Invalid = true; 6240 } 6241 6242 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6243 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6244 Previous.clear(); 6245 } 6246 } 6247 6248CreateNewDecl: 6249 6250 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6251 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6252 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6253 6254 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6255 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6256 // keyword. 6257 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6258 6259 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6260 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6261 // PrevDecl. 6262 TagDecl *New; 6263 6264 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6265 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6266 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6267 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6268 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6269 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6270 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6271 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6272 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6273 TagDecl *Def; 6274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6275 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6276 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6277 } 6278 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6279 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6280 << New; 6281 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6282 } else { 6283 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6284 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6285 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6286 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6287 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6288 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6289 6290 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6291 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6292 // the declaration context. 6293 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6294 IsForwardReference = true; 6295 } 6296 } 6297 6298 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6299 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6300 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6301 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6302 else 6303 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6304 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6305 } 6306 6307 } else { 6308 // struct/union/class 6309 6310 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6311 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6312 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6313 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6314 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6315 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6316 6317 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6318 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6319 } else 6320 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6321 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6322 } 6323 6324 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6325 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6326 if (SS.isSet()) { 6327 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6328 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6329 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6330 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6331 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6332 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6333 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6334 } 6335 } 6336 else 6337 Invalid = true; 6338 } 6339 6340 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6341 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6342 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6343 // 6344 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6345 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6346 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6347 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6348 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6349 // parsing of the struct). 6350 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6351 } 6352 6353 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6354 // check the specialization. 6355 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6356 Invalid = true; 6357 6358 if (Invalid) 6359 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6360 6361 if (Attr) 6362 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6363 6364 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6365 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6366 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6367 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6368 6369 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6370 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6371 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6372 6373 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6374 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6375 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6376 6377 // Set the access specifier. 6378 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6379 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6380 6381 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6382 New->startDefinition(); 6383 6384 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6385 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6386 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6387 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6388 if (PrevDecl) 6389 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6390 6391 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6392 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6393 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6394 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6395 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6396 } else if (Name) { 6397 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6398 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6399 if (IsForwardReference) 6400 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6401 6402 } else { 6403 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6404 } 6405 6406 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6407 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6408 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6409 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6410 II->isStr("FILE")) 6411 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6412 6413 OwnedDecl = true; 6414 return New; 6415} 6416 6417void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6418 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6419 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6420 6421 // Enter the tag context. 6422 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6423} 6424 6425void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6426 ClassVirtSpecifiers &CVS, 6427 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6428 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6429 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6430 6431 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6432 6433 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6434 return; 6435 6436 Record->setIsMarkedFinal(CVS.isFinalSpecified()); 6437 Record->setIsMarkedExplicit(CVS.isExplicitSpecified()); 6438 6439 // C++ [class]p2: 6440 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6441 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6442 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6443 // as if it were a public member name. 6444 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6445 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6446 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6447 Record->getIdentifier(), 6448 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6449 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6450 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6451 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6452 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6453 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6454 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6455 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6456 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6457 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6458 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6459} 6460 6461void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6462 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6463 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6464 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6465 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6466 6467 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6468 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6469 6470 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6471 PopDeclContext(); 6472 6473 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6474 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6475} 6476 6477void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6478 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6479 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6480 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6481 6482 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6483 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6484 // the FieldCollector. 6485 6486 PopDeclContext(); 6487} 6488 6489// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6490bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6491 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6492 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6493 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6494 if (ZeroWidth) 6495 *ZeroWidth = true; 6496 6497 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6498 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6499 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6500 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6501 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6502 return true; 6503 if (FieldName) 6504 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6505 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6506 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6507 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6508 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6509 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6510 return true; 6511 6512 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6513 // it now. 6514 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6515 return false; 6516 6517 llvm::APSInt Value; 6518 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6519 return true; 6520 6521 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6522 *ZeroWidth = false; 6523 6524 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6525 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6526 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6527 6528 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6529 if (FieldName) 6530 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6531 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6532 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6533 << Value.toString(10); 6534 } 6535 6536 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6537 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6538 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6539 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6540 if (FieldName) 6541 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6542 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6543 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6544 6545 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6546 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6547 } 6548 6549 if (FieldName) 6550 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6551 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6552 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6553 else 6554 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6555 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6556 } 6557 } 6558 6559 return false; 6560} 6561 6562/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6563/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6564Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6565 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6566 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6567 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6568 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6569 AS_public); 6570 return Res; 6571} 6572 6573/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6574/// 6575FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6576 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6577 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6578 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6579 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6580 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6581 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6582 6583 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6584 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6585 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6586 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6587 6588 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6589 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6590 D.setInvalidType(); 6591 T = Context.IntTy; 6592 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 6596 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6597 6598 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6599 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6600 6601 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6602 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6603 LookupName(Previous, S); 6604 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6605 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6606 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6607 6608 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6609 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6610 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6611 6612 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6613 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6614 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6615 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6616 PrevDecl = 0; 6617 } 6618 6619 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6620 PrevDecl = 0; 6621 6622 bool Mutable 6623 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6624 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6625 FieldDecl *NewFD 6626 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6627 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6628 6629 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6630 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6631 6632 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6633 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6634 // with the same name in the same scope. 6635 } else if (II) { 6636 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6637 } else 6638 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6639 6640 return NewFD; 6641} 6642 6643/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6644/// 6645/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6646/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6647/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6648/// created. 6649/// 6650/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6651/// 6652/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6653FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6654 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6655 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6656 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6657 SourceLocation TSSL, 6658 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6659 Declarator *D) { 6660 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6661 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6662 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6663 6664 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6665 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6666 if (T.isNull()) { 6667 InvalidDecl = true; 6668 T = Context.IntTy; 6669 } 6670 6671 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6672 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6673 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6674 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6675 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6676 InvalidDecl = true; 6677 } 6678 6679 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6680 // than a variably modified type. 6681 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6682 bool SizeIsNegative; 6683 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6684 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6685 SizeIsNegative, 6686 Oversized); 6687 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6688 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6689 T = FixedTy; 6690 } else { 6691 if (SizeIsNegative) 6692 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6693 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6694 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6695 << Oversized.toString(10); 6696 else 6697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6698 InvalidDecl = true; 6699 } 6700 } 6701 6702 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6703 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6704 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6705 AbstractFieldType)) 6706 InvalidDecl = true; 6707 6708 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6709 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6710 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6711 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6712 InvalidDecl = true; 6713 BitWidth = 0; 6714 ZeroWidth = false; 6715 } 6716 6717 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6718 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6719 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6720 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6721 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6722 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6723 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6724 6725 if (DiagID) { 6726 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6727 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6728 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6729 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6730 Mutable = false; 6731 InvalidDecl = true; 6732 } 6733 } 6734 6735 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6736 BitWidth, Mutable); 6737 if (InvalidDecl) 6738 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6739 6740 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6742 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6743 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6744 } 6745 6746 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6747 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6748 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6749 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6750 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6751 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6752 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6753 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6754 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6755 // objects. 6756 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6757 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6758 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6759 } 6760 } 6761 6762 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6763 // the program is ill-formed. 6764 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6765 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6766 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6767 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6768 } 6769 } 6770 } 6771 6772 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6773 // representation, not a parser representation. 6774 if (D) 6775 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6776 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6777 6778 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6779 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6780 6781 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6782 return NewFD; 6783} 6784 6785bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6786 assert(FD); 6787 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6788 6789 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6790 return true; 6791 6792 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6793 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6794 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6795 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6796 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6797 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6798 // copy constructors. 6799 6800 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6801 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6802 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6803 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6804 member = CXXConstructor; 6805 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6806 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6807 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6808 member = CXXDestructor; 6809 6810 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6811 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6812 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6813 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6814 return true; 6815 } 6816 } 6817 } 6818 6819 return false; 6820} 6821 6822/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6823/// special member, figure out why. 6824void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6825 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6826 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6827 6828 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6829 switch (member) { 6830 case CXXInvalid: 6831 break; 6832 6833 case CXXConstructor: 6834 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6835 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6836 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6837 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6838 ci->hasBody(body); 6839 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6840 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6841 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6842 return; 6843 } 6844 } 6845 6846 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6847 return; 6848 } 6849 break; 6850 6851 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6852 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6853 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6854 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6855 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6856 return; 6857 } 6858 break; 6859 6860 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6861 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6862 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6863 // assignment, not the type. 6864 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6865 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6866 return; 6867 } 6868 break; 6869 6870 case CXXDestructor: 6871 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6872 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6873 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6874 return; 6875 } 6876 break; 6877 } 6878 6879 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6880 6881 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6882 // but not trivial destruction. 6883 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6884 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6885 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6886 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6887 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6888 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6889 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6890 return; 6891 } 6892 6893 // Check for virtual methods. 6894 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6895 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6896 ++mi) { 6897 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6898 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6899 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6900 return; 6901 } 6902 } 6903 } 6904 6905 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6906 switch (member) { 6907 case CXXConstructor: 6908 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6909 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6910 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6911 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6912 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6913 case CXXDestructor: 6914 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6915 default: 6916 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6917 } 6918 6919 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6920 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6921 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6922 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6923 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6924 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6925 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6926 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6927 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6928 return; 6929 } 6930 } 6931 6932 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6933 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6934 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6935 ++fi) { 6936 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6937 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6938 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6939 6940 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6941 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6942 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6943 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6944 return; 6945 } 6946 } 6947 } 6948 6949 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6950} 6951 6952/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6953/// AST enum value. 6954static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6955TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6956 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6957 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6958 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6959 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6960 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6961 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6962 } 6963} 6964 6965/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6966/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6967Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6968 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6969 Decl *IntfDecl, 6970 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6971 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6972 6973 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6974 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6975 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6976 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6977 6978 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6979 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6980 6981 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6982 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6983 6984 if (BitWidth) { 6985 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6986 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6987 D.setInvalidType(); 6988 BitWidth = 0; 6989 } 6990 } else { 6991 // Not a bitfield. 6992 6993 // validate II. 6994 6995 } 6996 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6998 D.setInvalidType(); 6999 } 7000 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7001 // than a variably modified type. 7002 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7003 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7004 D.setInvalidType(); 7005 } 7006 7007 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7008 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7009 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7010 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7011 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7012 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7013 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7014 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7015 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7016 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7017 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7018 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7019 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7020 } 7021 else 7022 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7023 } else { 7024 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7025 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7026 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7028 return 0; 7029 } 7030 } 7031 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7032 } 7033 7034 // Construct the decl. 7035 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 7036 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 7037 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7038 7039 if (II) { 7040 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7041 ForRedeclaration); 7042 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7043 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7044 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7045 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7046 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7047 } 7048 } 7049 7050 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7051 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7052 7053 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7054 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7055 7056 if (II) { 7057 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7058 // these to the interface. 7059 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7060 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7061 } 7062 7063 return NewID; 7064} 7065 7066/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7067/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7068/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7069/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7070void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7071 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7072 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7073 return; 7074 7075 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7076 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7077 7078 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7079 return; 7080 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7081 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7082 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7083 return; 7084 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7085 if (!ID) { 7086 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7087 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7088 return; 7089 } 7090 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7091 else 7092 return; 7093 } 7094 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7095 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7096 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7097 7098 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7099 DeclLoc, 0, 7100 Context.CharTy, 7101 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7102 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7103 true); 7104 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7105} 7106 7107void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7108 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7109 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7110 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7111 AttributeList *Attr) { 7112 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7113 7114 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7115 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7116 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7117 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7118 return; 7119 } 7120 7121 7122 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7123 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7124 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7125 7126 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7127 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7128 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7129 7130 // Get the type for the field. 7131 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7132 7133 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7134 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7135 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7136 } 7137 7138 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7139 // diagnostics about it. 7140 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7141 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7142 continue; 7143 } 7144 7145 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7146 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7147 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7148 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7149 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7150 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7151 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7152 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7153 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7154 // array. 7155 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7156 // Field declared as a function. 7157 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7158 << FD->getDeclName(); 7159 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7160 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 continue; 7162 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7163 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7164 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7165 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7166 // Flexible array member. 7167 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7168 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7169 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7170 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7171 if (Record->isUnion()) 7172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7173 << FD->getDeclName(); 7174 else if (NumFields == 1) 7175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7176 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7177 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7179 << FD->getDeclName(); 7180 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7181 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7182 continue; 7183 } 7184 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7185 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7186 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7187 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7188 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7189 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7190 continue; 7191 } 7192 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7193 if (Record) 7194 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7195 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7196 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7197 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7198 // Incomplete type 7199 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7200 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7201 continue; 7202 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7203 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7204 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7205 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7206 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7207 } else { 7208 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7209 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7210 // structures. 7211 if (i != NumFields-1) 7212 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7213 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7214 else { 7215 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7216 // other structs as an extension. 7217 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7218 << FD->getDeclName(); 7219 if (Record) 7220 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7221 } 7222 } 7223 } 7224 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7225 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7226 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7227 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7228 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7229 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7230 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7231 continue; 7232 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7233 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7234 Record && 7235 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7236 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7237 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7238 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7239 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7240 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7241 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7242 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7243 } 7244 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7245 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7246 ++NumNamedMembers; 7247 } 7248 7249 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7250 if (Record) { 7251 bool Completed = false; 7252 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7253 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7254 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7255 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7256 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7257 I != E; ++I) 7258 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7259 7260 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7261 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7262 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7263 7264 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7265 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7266 // problem now. 7267 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7268 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7269 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7270 7271 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7272 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7273 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7274 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7275 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7276 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7277 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7278 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7279 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7280 continue; 7281 7282 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7283 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7284 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7285 // program is ill-formed. 7286 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7287 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7288 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7289 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7290 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7291 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7292 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7293 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7294 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7295 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7296 7297 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7298 } 7299 } 7300 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7301 Completed = true; 7302 } 7303 } 7304 } 7305 } 7306 7307 if (!Completed) 7308 Record->completeDefinition(); 7309 } else { 7310 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7311 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7312 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7313 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7314 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7315 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7316 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7317 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7318 } 7319 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7320 // duplicates. 7321 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7322 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7323 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7324 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7325 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7326 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7327 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7328 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7329 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7330 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7331 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7332 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7333 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7334 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7335 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7336 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7337 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7338 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7339 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7340 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7341 } 7342 } 7343 } 7344 7345 if (Attr) 7346 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7347 7348 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7349 // set the visibility of this record. 7350 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7351 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7352} 7353 7354/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7355/// the given type T. 7356static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7357 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7358 QualType T) { 7359 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7360 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7361 7362 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7363 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7364 --BitWidth; 7365 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7366 } 7367 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7368} 7369 7370// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7371// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7372static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7373 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7374 // enum checking below. 7375 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7376 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7377 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7378 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7379 }; 7380 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7381 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7382 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7383 }; 7384 7385 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7386 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7387 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7388 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7389 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7390 return Types[I]; 7391 7392 return QualType(); 7393} 7394 7395EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7396 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7397 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7398 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7399 Expr *Val) { 7400 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7401 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7402 QualType EltTy; 7403 7404 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7405 Val = 0; 7406 7407 if (Val) { 7408 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7409 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7410 else { 7411 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7412 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7413 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7414 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7415 Val = 0; 7416 } else { 7417 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7418 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7419 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7420 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7421 // representable as an int. 7422 7423 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7424 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7425 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7426 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7427 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7428 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7429 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7430 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7431 } 7432 } 7433 7434 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7435 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7436 7437 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7438 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7439 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7440 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7441 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7443 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7444 } else 7445 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7446 << EltTy; 7447 } else 7448 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7449 } 7450 else { 7451 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7452 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7453 // is the type of its initializing value: 7454 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7455 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7456 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7457 } 7458 } 7459 } 7460 } 7461 7462 if (!Val) { 7463 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7464 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7465 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7466 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7467 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7468 // is the type of its initializing value: 7469 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7470 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7471 // 7472 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7473 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7474 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7475 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7476 } 7477 else { 7478 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7479 } 7480 } else { 7481 // Assign the last value + 1. 7482 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7483 ++EnumVal; 7484 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7485 7486 // Check for overflow on increment. 7487 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7488 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7489 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7490 // is the type of its initializing value: 7491 // 7492 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7493 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7494 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7495 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7496 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7497 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7498 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7499 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7500 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7501 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7502 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7503 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7504 ++EnumVal; 7505 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7506 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7507 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7508 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7509 << EltTy; 7510 else 7511 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7512 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7513 } else { 7514 EltTy = T; 7515 } 7516 7517 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7518 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7519 // value, then increment. 7520 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7521 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7522 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7523 ++EnumVal; 7524 7525 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7526 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7527 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7528 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7529 // integral type. 7530 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7531 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7532 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7533 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7534 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7535 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7536 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7537 } 7538 } 7539 } 7540 7541 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7542 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7543 // enumerator's type. 7544 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7545 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7546 } 7547 7548 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7549 Val, EnumVal); 7550} 7551 7552 7553Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7554 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7555 AttributeList *Attr, 7556 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7557 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7558 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7559 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7560 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7561 7562 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7563 // we find one that is. 7564 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7565 7566 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7567 // scope. 7568 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7569 ForRedeclaration); 7570 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7571 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7572 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7573 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7574 PrevDecl = 0; 7575 } 7576 7577 if (PrevDecl) { 7578 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7579 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7580 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7581 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7582 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7583 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7584 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7585 else 7586 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7587 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7588 return 0; 7589 } 7590 } 7591 7592 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7593 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7594 // name different from T: 7595 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7596 // type 7597 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7598 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7599 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7600 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7601 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7602 7603 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7604 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7605 7606 if (New) { 7607 // Process attributes. 7608 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7609 7610 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7611 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7612 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7613 } 7614 7615 return New; 7616} 7617 7618void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7619 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7620 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7621 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7622 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7623 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7624 7625 if (Attr) 7626 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7627 7628 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7629 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7630 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7631 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7632 if (!ECD) continue; 7633 7634 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7635 } 7636 7637 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7638 return; 7639 } 7640 7641 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7642 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7643 // emit a warning. 7644 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7645 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7646 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7647 7648 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7649 // reverse the list. 7650 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7651 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7652 7653 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7654 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7655 7656 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7657 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7658 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7659 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7660 7661 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7662 7663 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7664 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7665 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7666 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7667 else 7668 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7669 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7670 7671 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7672 if (AllElementsInt) 7673 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7674 } 7675 7676 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7677 QualType BestType; 7678 unsigned BestWidth; 7679 7680 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7681 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7682 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7683 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7684 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7685 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7686 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7687 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7688 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7689 QualType BestPromotionType; 7690 7691 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7692 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7693 // enum definitions. 7694 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7695 Packed = true; 7696 7697 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7698 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7699 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7700 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7701 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7702 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7703 } 7704 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7705 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7706 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7707 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7708 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7709 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7710 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7711 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7712 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7713 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7714 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7715 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7716 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7717 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7718 } else { 7719 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7720 7721 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7722 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7723 } else { 7724 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7725 7726 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7727 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7728 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7729 } 7730 } 7731 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7732 } else { 7733 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7734 // all of the enumerator values. 7735 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7736 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7737 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7738 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7739 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7740 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7741 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7742 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7743 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7744 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7745 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7746 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7747 BestPromotionType 7748 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7749 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7750 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7751 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7752 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7753 BestPromotionType 7754 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7755 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7756 } else { 7757 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7758 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7759 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7760 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7761 BestPromotionType 7762 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7763 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7764 } 7765 } 7766 7767 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7768 // the type of the enum if needed. 7769 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7770 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7771 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7772 7773 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7774 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7775 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7776 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7777 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7778 7779 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7780 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7781 7782 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7783 // the enum decl type. 7784 QualType NewTy; 7785 unsigned NewWidth; 7786 bool NewSign; 7787 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7788 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7789 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7790 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7791 NewSign = true; 7792 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7793 // Already the right type! 7794 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7795 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7796 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7797 // enumeration. 7798 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7799 continue; 7800 } else { 7801 NewTy = BestType; 7802 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7803 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7804 } 7805 7806 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7807 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7808 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7809 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7810 7811 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7812 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 7813 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 7814 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7815 CK_IntegralCast, 7816 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7817 /*base paths*/ 0, 7818 VK_RValue)); 7819 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7820 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7821 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7822 // enumeration. 7823 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7824 else 7825 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7826 } 7827 7828 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7829 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7830} 7831 7832Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7833 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7834 7835 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7836 Loc, AsmString); 7837 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7838 return New; 7839} 7840 7841void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7842 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7843 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7844 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7845 7846 if (PrevDecl) { 7847 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7848 } else { 7849 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7850 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7851 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7852 } 7853} 7854 7855void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7856 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7857 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7858 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7859 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7860 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7861 LookupOrdinaryName); 7862 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7863 7864 if (PrevDecl) { 7865 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7866 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7867 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7868 } else { 7869 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7870 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7871 } 7872} 7873